1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
151 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
234 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
247 const char *dw_fde_end
;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
249 unsigned funcdef_number
;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
251 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
329 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount
;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s
)
442 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
447 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
460 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
461 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
462 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
463 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
465 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
473 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
476 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
478 wrote_return_column
= true;
480 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column
)
490 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
491 wrote_return_column
= false;
493 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
496 if (! wrote_return_column
)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register
:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression
:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label
[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
626 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
629 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
632 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
636 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
642 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
645 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
657 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
660 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
663 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
666 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
684 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
689 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
692 if (fde_table_in_use
)
694 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
695 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
725 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
740 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
741 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
743 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
748 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
749 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
754 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
775 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
792 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
793 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
796 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
809 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
830 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
834 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
836 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
838 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
840 else if (sreg
== reg
)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
849 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
865 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
876 if (size
== old_args_size
)
879 old_args_size
= size
;
882 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
884 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
893 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
902 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
911 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
920 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
936 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
944 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
950 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
981 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
982 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
986 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
990 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
991 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
995 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1003 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1009 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1011 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1014 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1016 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1023 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1025 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1032 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1034 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1067 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1069 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1070 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1071 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1072 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1074 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1078 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1087 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1089 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1090 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1091 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1092 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 offset
= -args_size
;
1098 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1099 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1101 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1103 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1105 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1106 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1107 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1115 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1116 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1118 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1122 args_size
+= offset
;
1126 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1127 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1133 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1134 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1135 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1137 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1139 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1141 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1144 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1147 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1150 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1152 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1154 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1156 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1157 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1159 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1163 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1165 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1167 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1169 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1173 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1174 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1178 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1180 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1182 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1183 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1190 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1191 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1192 value, not an offset. */
1193 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1195 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1196 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1197 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1200 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1201 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1202 users need not read the source code.
1204 The High-Level Picture
1206 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1207 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1208 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1209 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1210 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1212 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1213 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1214 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1215 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1216 saves. This also seems to work.
1218 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1219 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1220 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1221 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1223 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1224 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1225 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1226 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1228 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1230 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1231 consists of a register and an offset.
1232 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1233 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1234 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1235 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1236 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1237 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1238 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1240 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1241 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1242 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1245 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1246 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1247 and cfa_temp.offset.
1249 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1252 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1253 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1254 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1258 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1259 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1262 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa.offset unchanged
1265 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1266 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1269 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1270 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1272 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1273 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1274 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1277 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1279 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1282 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1283 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1290 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1291 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1293 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1294 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1297 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1298 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1299 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1302 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1303 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1304 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1307 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1311 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1312 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1313 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1316 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1324 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1325 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1327 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1330 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1333 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1334 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1337 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1338 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1339 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1342 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1343 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1344 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1345 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1348 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1353 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1354 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1355 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1356 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1357 flag is set in them. */
1358 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1361 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1363 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1365 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1367 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1372 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1375 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1376 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1378 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1382 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1383 relative to the current CFA register. */
1384 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1386 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1388 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1394 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1395 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1396 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1397 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1398 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1399 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1400 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1406 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1413 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1416 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1418 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1424 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1427 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1429 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1431 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1432 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1434 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1437 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1439 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1440 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1441 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1442 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1444 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1447 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1448 or adjusting the FP */
1449 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1453 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1456 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1457 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1459 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1460 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1467 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1471 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1472 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1473 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1476 into the FP later on. */
1477 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1478 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1479 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1481 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1482 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1487 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1488 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1492 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1494 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1495 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1499 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1500 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1502 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1503 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1512 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1513 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1519 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1520 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1523 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1524 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1525 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1528 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1529 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1538 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1542 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1545 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1547 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1552 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1555 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1557 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1558 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1561 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1562 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1563 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1565 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1571 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1572 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1575 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1576 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1579 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1580 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1581 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1583 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1587 /* With an offset. */
1591 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1593 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1597 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1598 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1599 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1600 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1606 /* Without an offset. */
1608 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1609 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1610 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1611 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1618 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1620 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1621 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1628 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1629 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1632 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1634 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1636 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1637 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1639 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1640 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1645 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1646 calculate the CFA. */
1647 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1649 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1651 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1654 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1655 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1657 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1662 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1663 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1671 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1672 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1673 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1676 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1681 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1688 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1691 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1694 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1698 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1701 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1703 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1704 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1709 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1710 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1712 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1714 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1716 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1721 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1722 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1723 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1725 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1726 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1731 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1734 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1735 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1747 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1748 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1750 case DW_CFA_register
:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1754 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1755 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1756 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1759 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1760 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1767 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1768 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1769 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1771 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1772 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1781 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1783 case DW_CFA_register
:
1784 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1787 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1791 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1793 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1796 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1798 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1799 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1800 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1801 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1802 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1803 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1805 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1806 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1807 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1808 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1809 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1811 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1813 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
& 0x3f)),
1814 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1815 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
1818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1819 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1821 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1823 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1825 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1826 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1827 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1830 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1831 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1834 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1835 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1836 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1837 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1840 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1841 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1842 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1843 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1846 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1847 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1848 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1849 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1852 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1853 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1854 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1855 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1858 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1859 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1862 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1865 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1866 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1867 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1872 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1873 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1874 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1880 case DW_CFA_register
:
1881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
,
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1888 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1889 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1892 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1896 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1899 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1900 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1901 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1904 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1905 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1914 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1915 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1916 location of saved registers. */
1919 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1924 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1925 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1926 char augmentation
[6];
1927 int augmentation_size
;
1928 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1929 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1930 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1932 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1933 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1936 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1937 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1938 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1939 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1942 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1944 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1945 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1946 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1947 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1948 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1949 any_eh_needed
= true;
1951 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1955 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1960 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1962 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1965 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1967 /* Output the CIE. */
1968 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1969 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1970 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1971 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1972 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1974 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1975 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1976 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1977 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1978 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1980 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1982 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1983 augmentation_size
= 0;
1989 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1990 augmentation section.
1991 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1992 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1993 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1995 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1996 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1998 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1999 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2000 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2002 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2003 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2006 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2008 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2011 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2013 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2016 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2018 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2020 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2024 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2025 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2027 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2029 + 1 /* CIE version */
2030 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2031 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2032 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2034 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2035 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2036 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2038 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2040 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2041 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2042 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2047 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2048 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2049 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2050 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2053 if (augmentation
[0])
2055 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2056 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2059 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2060 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2061 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2064 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2066 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2068 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2070 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2073 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2074 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2076 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2077 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2078 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2079 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2081 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2082 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2084 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2086 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2087 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2088 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2089 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2092 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2093 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2095 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2097 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2100 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2102 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2107 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2108 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2109 "FDE initial location");
2110 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2111 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2112 "FDE address range");
2116 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2117 "FDE initial location");
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2119 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2120 "FDE address range");
2123 if (augmentation
[0])
2125 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2127 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2129 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2131 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2132 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2133 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2134 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2135 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2138 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2144 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2146 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2147 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2148 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2149 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2150 "Language Specific Data Area");
2154 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2157 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2158 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2162 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2165 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2167 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2168 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2169 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2171 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2172 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2173 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2174 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2177 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2178 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2179 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2180 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2181 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2182 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2185 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2190 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2194 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2195 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2197 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2200 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2202 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2203 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2204 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2206 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2207 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2210 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2214 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2215 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2216 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2217 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2218 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2219 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2221 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2222 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2223 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2227 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2228 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2230 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2231 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2232 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2233 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2234 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2237 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2238 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2240 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2241 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2242 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2243 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2244 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2245 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2246 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2247 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2248 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2249 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2251 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2253 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2254 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2255 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2257 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2261 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2262 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2266 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2267 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2270 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2272 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2275 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2276 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2277 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2278 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2282 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2284 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2285 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2286 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2287 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2289 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2290 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2292 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2293 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2294 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2295 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2300 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2302 /* Output call frame information. */
2303 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2304 output_call_frame_info (0);
2306 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2307 output_call_frame_info (1);
2311 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2312 for emitting location expressions. */
2314 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2315 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2316 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2319 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2320 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2321 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2322 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2324 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2325 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2326 implementation are listed below. */
2331 dw_val_class_offset
,
2333 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2334 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2336 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2337 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2340 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2341 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2342 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2343 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2347 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2348 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2350 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2357 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2359 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2361 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2366 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2367 represented internally. */
2369 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2371 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2372 union dw_val_struct_union
2374 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2375 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2376 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2377 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2378 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2379 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2380 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2381 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2382 struct dw_val_die_union
2386 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2387 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2388 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2389 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2390 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2392 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2396 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2399 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2401 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2402 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2403 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2404 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2409 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2410 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2411 their entire life. */
2412 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2414 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2415 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2416 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2417 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2418 Only on head of list */
2419 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2420 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2423 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2425 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2426 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2427 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2428 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2429 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2430 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2431 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2432 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2434 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2437 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2442 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2443 return "DW_OP_addr";
2445 return "DW_OP_deref";
2447 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2449 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2451 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2453 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2455 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2457 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2459 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2461 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2463 return "DW_OP_constu";
2465 return "DW_OP_consts";
2469 return "DW_OP_drop";
2471 return "DW_OP_over";
2473 return "DW_OP_pick";
2475 return "DW_OP_swap";
2479 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2487 return "DW_OP_minus";
2499 return "DW_OP_plus";
2500 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2501 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2507 return "DW_OP_shra";
2525 return "DW_OP_skip";
2527 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2529 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2531 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2533 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2557 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2559 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2561 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2563 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2565 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2567 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2569 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2571 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2573 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2575 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2577 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2579 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2581 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2583 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2585 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2587 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2589 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2591 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2593 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2595 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2597 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2621 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2623 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2625 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2627 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2629 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2631 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2633 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2635 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2637 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2639 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2641 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2643 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2645 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2647 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2649 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2651 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2653 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2655 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2657 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2659 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2661 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2685 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2687 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2689 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2691 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2693 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2695 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2697 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2699 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2701 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2703 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2705 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2707 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2709 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2711 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2713 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2715 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2717 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2719 return "DW_OP_regx";
2721 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2723 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2725 return "DW_OP_piece";
2726 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2727 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2728 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2729 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2732 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2733 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2735 return "DW_OP_call2";
2737 return "DW_OP_call4";
2738 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2739 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2740 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2741 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2743 return "OP_<unknown>";
2747 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2748 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2749 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2751 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2752 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2753 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2755 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2757 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2758 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2759 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2760 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2761 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2767 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2770 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2772 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2774 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2775 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2781 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2783 static unsigned long
2784 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2786 unsigned long size
= 1;
2788 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2791 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2792 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2811 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2814 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2819 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2820 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2858 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2861 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2864 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2867 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2868 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2871 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2873 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2874 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2883 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2884 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2893 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2895 static unsigned long
2896 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2900 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2902 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2903 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2909 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2912 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2914 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2915 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2917 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2919 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2921 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2925 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2929 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2933 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2935 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2943 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2947 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2960 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2961 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2962 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2963 only doing unwinding. */
2968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2971 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2974 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2979 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3014 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3017 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3020 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3024 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3027 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3030 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3034 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3035 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3036 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3038 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3045 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3050 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3053 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3055 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3057 /* Output the opcode. */
3058 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3059 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3061 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3062 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3066 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3067 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3070 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3072 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3075 /* Output the size of the block. */
3076 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3077 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3078 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3080 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3081 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3084 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3085 a dw_cfa_location. */
3087 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3088 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3090 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3092 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3095 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3098 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3100 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3102 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3103 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3105 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3107 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3108 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3109 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3110 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3112 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3113 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3119 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3120 descriptor sequence. */
3123 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3127 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3131 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3133 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3169 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3172 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3206 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3207 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3210 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3211 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3216 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3217 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3220 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3221 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3225 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3227 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3228 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3230 /* .debug_str support. */
3231 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3233 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3234 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3235 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3236 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3237 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3238 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3239 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3241 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3242 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3243 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3245 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3247 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3253 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3254 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3255 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3256 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3257 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3258 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3259 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3260 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3261 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3262 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3263 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3264 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3265 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3266 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3267 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3268 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3269 something tries to reference them. */
3270 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3271 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3272 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3276 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3277 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3278 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3280 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3281 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3282 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3283 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3285 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3286 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3288 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3290 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3292 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3293 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3294 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3295 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3296 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3298 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3299 line number associated with the label generated for that
3300 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3301 the line number entry. */
3303 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3305 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3306 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3310 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3312 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3314 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3315 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3316 unsigned long function
;
3318 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3320 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3321 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3322 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3324 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3326 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3327 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3328 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3332 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3334 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3336 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3338 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3339 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3340 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3342 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3343 dw_offset die_offset
;
3344 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3349 /* The pubname structure */
3351 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3358 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3363 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3364 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3368 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3377 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3378 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3380 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3381 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3382 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3383 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3384 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3385 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3387 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3388 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3389 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3390 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3391 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3392 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3393 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3394 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3395 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3396 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3398 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3399 language, and compiler version. */
3401 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3402 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3403 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3405 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3406 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3408 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3409 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3410 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3411 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3412 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3414 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3415 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3416 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3417 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3418 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3419 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3421 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3422 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3423 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3424 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3426 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3430 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3431 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3432 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3434 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3435 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3437 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3438 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3440 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3441 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3442 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3443 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3444 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3446 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3447 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3448 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3449 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3452 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3453 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3455 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3456 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3458 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3459 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3460 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3461 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3463 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3464 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3465 number identifying each decl. */
3466 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*decl_die_table
;
3468 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3469 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated
;
3471 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3472 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use
;
3474 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3476 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3478 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3479 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3480 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3481 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3482 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3484 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3485 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3487 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3488 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3490 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3491 abbrev_die_table. */
3492 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3494 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3495 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3496 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3497 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3499 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3500 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3502 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3503 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3505 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3506 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3507 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3508 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3510 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3511 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3513 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3514 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3516 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3518 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3520 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3521 accessible names. */
3522 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3524 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3525 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3527 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3528 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3530 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3532 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3534 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3535 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3537 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3538 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3540 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3541 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3543 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3545 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3547 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3548 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3550 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3551 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3553 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3554 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3556 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3558 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3560 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3561 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3563 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3564 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3565 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3567 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3568 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3571 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3572 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3574 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3575 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3577 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3579 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3581 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3582 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3583 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3584 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3585 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3586 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3588 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3590 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3591 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3592 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3593 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3594 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3595 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3596 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3597 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3598 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3599 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3600 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3601 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3603 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3604 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3605 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3606 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3607 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3608 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3609 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3610 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3611 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3612 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3614 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3615 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3616 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3617 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3619 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3620 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3621 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3622 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3623 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3624 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3625 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3626 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3628 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3629 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3630 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3631 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3632 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3633 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3634 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3635 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3636 static bool is_c_family (void);
3637 static bool is_cxx (void);
3638 static bool is_java (void);
3639 static bool is_fortran (void);
3640 static bool is_ada (void);
3641 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3642 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3643 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3644 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3645 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3646 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3647 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3648 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3649 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3650 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3651 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3652 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3653 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3654 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3655 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3656 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3657 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3658 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3659 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3660 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3661 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3662 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3663 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3664 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3665 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3666 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3667 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3668 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3669 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3670 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3672 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3673 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3674 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3675 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3676 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3677 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3678 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3679 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3680 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3681 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3682 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3683 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3684 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3685 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3686 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3687 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3688 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3689 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3690 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3691 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3692 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3693 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3694 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3695 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3696 static void output_pubnames (void);
3697 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3698 static void output_aranges (void);
3699 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3700 static void output_ranges (void);
3701 static void output_line_info (void);
3702 static void output_file_names (void);
3703 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3704 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3705 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3706 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
3707 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3708 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3709 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3710 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3712 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3713 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3714 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3716 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3717 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3718 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3719 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3720 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3721 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3722 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3723 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3724 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3725 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3726 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3727 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3729 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3730 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3731 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3732 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3733 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3735 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3736 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3737 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3738 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3739 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3740 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3741 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3742 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3743 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3744 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3745 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3746 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3747 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3748 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3749 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3750 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3751 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3752 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3753 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3755 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3757 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3758 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3760 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3763 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3765 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3766 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3767 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3770 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3773 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3774 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3777 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3778 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3779 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3780 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3781 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3782 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3783 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3784 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3785 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3786 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3787 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3788 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3789 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3790 static dw_die_ref
force_namespace_die (tree
);
3791 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3792 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3793 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3794 static void init_file_table (void);
3795 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3796 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3797 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3798 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3799 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3800 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3801 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3802 const char *, const char *,
3804 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3805 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3807 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3808 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3809 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3810 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3811 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3812 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3813 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3815 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3816 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3817 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3819 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3820 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3822 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3823 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3825 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3826 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3828 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3829 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3831 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3832 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3834 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3835 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3837 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3838 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3840 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3841 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3844 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3845 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3846 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3849 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3850 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3851 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3852 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3855 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3856 the section names themselves. */
3858 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3859 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3861 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3862 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3864 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3865 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3867 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3868 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3870 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3871 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3873 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3874 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3876 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3877 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3880 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3881 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3882 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3883 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3884 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3886 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3887 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3888 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3889 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3890 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3891 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3892 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3893 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3895 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3896 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3898 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3899 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3901 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3902 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3904 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3905 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3907 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3908 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3911 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3912 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3914 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3917 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3919 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3922 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3925 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3927 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3928 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3929 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3932 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3936 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3938 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3940 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3941 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3942 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3943 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3945 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3946 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3947 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3952 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3955 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3957 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3959 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3960 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3963 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3966 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3970 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3971 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3972 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3973 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3974 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3975 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3976 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3977 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3978 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3979 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3980 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3981 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3982 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3983 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3985 return "DW_TAG_label";
3986 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3987 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3989 return "DW_TAG_member";
3990 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3991 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3992 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3993 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3994 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
3995 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3996 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
3997 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3998 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
3999 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4000 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4001 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4002 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4003 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4004 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4005 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4006 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4007 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4008 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4009 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4010 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4011 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4012 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4013 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4014 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4015 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4016 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4017 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4019 return "DW_TAG_module";
4020 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4021 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4022 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4023 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4024 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4025 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4026 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4027 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4028 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4029 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4030 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4031 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4032 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4033 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4034 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4035 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4036 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4037 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4038 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4039 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4040 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4041 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4043 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4044 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4045 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4046 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4047 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4048 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4049 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4050 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4051 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4052 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4053 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4054 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4055 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4056 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4057 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4058 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4059 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4061 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4062 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4063 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4064 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4065 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4066 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4067 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4069 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4070 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4071 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4072 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4073 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4074 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4075 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4076 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4077 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4078 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4079 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4081 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4085 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4088 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4093 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4094 case DW_AT_location
:
4095 return "DW_AT_location";
4097 return "DW_AT_name";
4098 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4099 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4100 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4101 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4102 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4103 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4104 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4105 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4106 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4107 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4108 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4109 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4110 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4111 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4113 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4115 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4116 case DW_AT_language
:
4117 return "DW_AT_language";
4119 return "DW_AT_member";
4121 return "DW_AT_discr";
4122 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4123 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4124 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4125 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4127 return "DW_AT_import";
4128 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4129 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4130 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4131 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4132 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4133 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4134 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4135 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4136 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4137 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4138 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4139 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4141 return "DW_AT_inline";
4142 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4143 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4144 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4145 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4146 case DW_AT_producer
:
4147 return "DW_AT_producer";
4148 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4149 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4150 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4151 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4152 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4153 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4154 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4155 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4156 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4157 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4158 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4159 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4160 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4161 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4162 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4163 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4164 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4165 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4166 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4167 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4168 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4169 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4171 return "DW_AT_count";
4172 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4173 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4174 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4175 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4176 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4177 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4178 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4179 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4180 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4181 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4182 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4183 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4184 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4185 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4186 case DW_AT_external
:
4187 return "DW_AT_external";
4188 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4189 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4191 return "DW_AT_friend";
4192 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4193 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4194 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4195 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4196 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4197 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4198 case DW_AT_priority
:
4199 return "DW_AT_priority";
4201 return "DW_AT_segment";
4202 case DW_AT_specification
:
4203 return "DW_AT_specification";
4204 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4205 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4207 return "DW_AT_type";
4208 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4209 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4210 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4211 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4212 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4213 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4214 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4215 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4217 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4218 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4219 case DW_AT_associated
:
4220 return "DW_AT_associated";
4221 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4222 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4224 return "DW_AT_stride";
4225 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4226 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4227 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4228 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4229 case DW_AT_extension
:
4230 return "DW_AT_extension";
4232 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4233 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4234 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4235 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4236 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4237 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4238 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4239 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4240 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4242 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4243 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4244 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4245 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4246 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4247 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4248 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4249 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4250 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4251 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4252 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4253 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4254 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4255 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4256 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4257 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4258 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4259 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4260 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4261 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4262 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4263 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4265 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4266 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4267 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4268 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4269 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4270 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4271 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4272 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4273 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4274 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4275 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4276 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4277 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4278 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4280 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4281 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4284 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4288 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4291 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4296 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4297 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4298 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4299 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4300 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4302 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4304 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4306 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4307 case DW_FORM_string
:
4308 return "DW_FORM_string";
4310 return "DW_FORM_block";
4311 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4312 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4314 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4316 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4318 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4320 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4322 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4323 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4324 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4326 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4328 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4330 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4332 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4333 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4334 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4335 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4336 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4338 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4342 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4346 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4350 case DW_ATE_address
:
4351 return "DW_ATE_address";
4352 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4353 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4354 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4355 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4357 return "DW_ATE_float";
4359 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4360 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4361 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4362 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4363 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4364 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4365 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4367 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4372 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4373 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4374 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4375 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4379 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4381 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4382 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4383 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4384 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4387 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4388 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4389 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4390 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4394 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4397 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4398 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4399 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4400 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4404 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4406 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4408 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4409 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4410 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4411 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4414 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4419 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4423 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4424 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4425 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4427 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4433 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4434 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4438 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4440 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4442 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4443 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4445 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4446 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4448 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4449 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4454 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4455 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4458 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4460 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4462 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4463 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4467 static inline enum dw_val_class
4468 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4470 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4473 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4476 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4478 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4480 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4481 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4482 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4483 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4484 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4487 static inline unsigned
4488 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4490 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4491 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4496 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4499 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4501 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4503 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4504 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4505 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4506 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4507 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4510 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4511 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4513 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4514 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4519 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4522 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4523 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4525 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4527 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4528 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4529 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4530 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4531 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4534 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4535 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4537 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4538 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4543 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4546 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4547 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4549 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4551 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4552 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4553 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4554 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4555 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4556 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4559 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4562 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4563 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4565 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4567 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4568 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4569 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4570 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4571 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4572 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4575 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4578 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4580 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4584 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4586 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4587 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4590 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4593 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4595 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4596 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4599 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4600 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4601 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4603 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4604 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4606 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4607 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4608 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4611 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4612 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4613 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4614 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4615 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4618 static inline const char *
4619 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4621 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4622 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4627 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4628 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4631 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4633 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4635 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4639 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4643 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4645 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4646 always better to put it inline. */
4647 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4648 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4650 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4651 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4653 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4654 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4655 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4657 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4658 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4659 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4661 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4667 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4670 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4672 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4674 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4675 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4676 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4677 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4678 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4679 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4682 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4683 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4686 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4688 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4689 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4691 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4694 static inline dw_die_ref
4695 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4697 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4698 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4704 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4706 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4707 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4713 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4715 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4716 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4721 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4724 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4726 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4728 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4729 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4730 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4731 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4732 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4735 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4738 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4740 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4742 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4743 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4744 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4745 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4746 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4749 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4750 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4752 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4753 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4759 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4761 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4763 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4764 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4765 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4766 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4767 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4768 have_location_lists
= 1;
4771 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4772 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4774 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4775 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4780 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4783 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4785 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4787 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4788 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4789 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4790 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4791 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4795 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4797 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4798 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4803 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4806 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4808 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4810 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4811 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4812 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4813 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4814 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4817 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4820 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4822 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4824 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4825 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4826 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4827 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4828 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4831 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4834 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4835 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4837 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4839 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4840 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4841 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4842 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4843 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4846 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4849 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4850 long unsigned int offset
)
4852 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4854 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4855 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4856 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4857 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4858 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4861 static inline const char *
4862 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4864 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4865 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4866 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4871 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4874 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4877 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4881 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4882 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4884 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4885 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4889 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4895 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4896 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4897 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4899 static inline const char *
4900 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4902 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4904 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4907 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4908 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4909 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4911 static inline const char *
4912 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4914 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4916 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4919 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4920 NULL if it is not present. */
4922 static inline const char *
4923 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4925 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4927 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4930 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4931 if it is not present. */
4934 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4936 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4938 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4941 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4942 if it is not present. */
4944 static inline unsigned
4945 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4947 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4949 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4952 static inline dw_die_ref
4953 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4955 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4957 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4960 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4965 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4967 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4968 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4971 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4976 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4977 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4980 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4985 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4987 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4990 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
4995 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4997 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5000 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5005 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5007 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5010 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5012 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5014 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5016 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5017 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5018 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5021 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5024 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5027 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5031 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5032 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5035 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5044 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5047 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5049 remove_children (die
);
5052 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5055 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5057 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5059 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5061 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5063 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5066 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5068 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5070 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5072 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5080 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5081 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5084 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5086 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5088 if (die
== child_die
)
5091 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5092 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5093 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5097 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5098 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5101 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5105 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5106 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5107 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5109 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5115 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5116 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5119 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5122 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5126 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5127 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5128 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5131 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5133 static inline dw_die_ref
5134 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5136 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5138 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5140 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5141 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5144 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5146 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5147 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5148 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5149 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5150 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5156 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5158 static inline dw_die_ref
5159 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5161 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5164 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5167 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5169 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5172 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5174 static inline dw_die_ref
5175 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5177 unsigned decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5179 return (decl_id
< decl_die_table_in_use
? decl_die_table
[decl_id
] : NULL
);
5182 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5185 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5187 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5188 unsigned int num_allocated
;
5190 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_allocated
)
5193 = ((decl_id
+ 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
- 1)
5194 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
)
5195 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
5197 decl_die_table
= ggc_realloc (decl_die_table
,
5198 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * num_allocated
);
5200 memset (&decl_die_table
[decl_die_table_allocated
], 0,
5201 (num_allocated
- decl_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
5202 decl_die_table_allocated
= num_allocated
;
5205 if (decl_id
>= decl_die_table_in_use
)
5206 decl_die_table_in_use
= (decl_id
+ 1);
5208 decl_die_table
[decl_id
] = decl_die
;
5211 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5212 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5213 the DIE internal representation. */
5214 static int print_indent
;
5216 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5219 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5221 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5224 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5225 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5228 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5233 print_spaces (outfile
);
5234 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5235 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5236 print_spaces (outfile
);
5237 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5238 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5240 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5242 print_spaces (outfile
);
5243 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5245 switch (AT_class (a
))
5247 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5248 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5250 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5251 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5253 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5254 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5256 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5257 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5258 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5260 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5261 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5263 case dw_val_class_const
:
5264 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5266 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5267 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5269 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5270 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5271 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5272 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5274 case dw_val_class_float
:
5275 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5277 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5278 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5280 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5281 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5283 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5284 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5286 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5289 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5291 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5292 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5293 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5295 case dw_val_class_str
:
5296 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5297 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5299 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5305 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5308 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5311 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5312 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5316 if (print_indent
== 0)
5317 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5320 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5321 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5324 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5327 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5329 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5330 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5332 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5333 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5334 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5335 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5336 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5337 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5340 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5343 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5346 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5348 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5351 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5352 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5358 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5359 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5360 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5363 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5364 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5365 they are in order of addition. */
5368 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5370 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5371 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5373 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5375 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5376 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5382 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5389 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5392 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5393 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5394 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5395 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5396 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5399 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5403 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5405 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5406 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5409 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5410 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5411 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5414 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5416 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5417 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5419 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5423 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5426 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5428 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5430 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5434 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5435 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5437 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5440 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5442 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5443 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5444 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5447 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5450 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5452 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5455 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5457 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5458 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5459 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5460 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5461 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5464 switch (AT_class (at
))
5466 case dw_val_class_const
:
5467 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5469 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5470 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5472 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5473 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5475 case dw_val_class_float
:
5476 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5478 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5479 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5481 case dw_val_class_str
:
5482 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5485 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5487 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5490 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5498 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5499 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5502 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5503 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5504 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5507 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5508 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5511 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5512 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5513 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5521 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5524 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5529 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5532 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5535 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5537 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5539 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5540 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5542 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5543 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5547 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5549 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5551 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5553 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5554 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5555 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5558 /* Do the values look the same? */
5560 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5562 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5566 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5569 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5571 case dw_val_class_const
:
5572 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5573 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5574 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5575 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5576 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5577 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5578 case dw_val_class_float
:
5579 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5581 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5582 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5585 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5586 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5587 case dw_val_class_str
:
5588 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5590 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5591 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5592 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5593 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5595 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5598 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5604 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5605 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5607 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5608 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5610 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5611 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5613 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5615 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5616 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5618 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5619 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5620 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5628 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5631 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5633 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5636 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5637 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5638 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5639 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5640 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5643 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5646 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5649 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5654 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5656 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5657 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5659 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5662 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5664 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5665 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5670 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5672 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5673 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5681 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5684 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5687 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5689 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5690 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5695 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5697 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5699 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5700 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5702 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5703 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5706 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5708 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5709 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5710 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5713 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5716 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5717 the name filename of the unit. */
5719 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5721 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5722 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5723 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5725 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5726 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5728 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5729 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5731 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5735 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5736 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5739 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5742 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5744 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5746 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5747 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5748 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5749 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5750 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5751 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5752 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5753 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5754 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5755 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5756 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5757 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5758 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5759 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5760 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5761 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5762 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5763 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5770 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5771 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5772 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5773 compilations (functions). */
5776 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5778 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5779 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5780 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5781 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5783 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5786 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5787 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5788 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5789 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5791 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5793 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5796 return is_type_die (c
);
5799 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5800 compilation unit. */
5803 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5805 return (is_type_die (c
)
5806 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5807 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5811 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5815 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5816 return xstrdup (buf
);
5819 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5822 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5826 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5828 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5830 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5832 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5833 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5834 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5837 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5840 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5841 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5844 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5847 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5848 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5851 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5853 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5855 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5857 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5861 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5863 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5864 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5866 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5870 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5872 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5882 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5885 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5887 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5888 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5890 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5892 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5893 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5897 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5899 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5905 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5909 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5911 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5912 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5918 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5920 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5922 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5924 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5925 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5929 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5932 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5933 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5934 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5937 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5940 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5941 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5942 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5944 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5946 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5948 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5949 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5951 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5954 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5956 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5959 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5961 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5965 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
5969 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5970 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
5976 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5977 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5982 assign_symbol_names (die
);
5983 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
5984 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
5990 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
5991 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
5992 &comdat_symbol_number
);
5993 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
5995 *pnode
= node
->next
;
5998 pnode
= &node
->next
;
5999 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6000 comdat_symbol_number
);
6003 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6006 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6007 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6008 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6011 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6015 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6016 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6017 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6018 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6020 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6021 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6024 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6027 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6032 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6033 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6034 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6036 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6037 output_location_lists (c
);
6041 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6042 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6043 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6044 die are visited recursively. */
6047 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6049 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6050 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6052 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6054 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6055 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6056 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6057 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6058 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6060 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6063 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6066 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6068 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6070 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6072 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6074 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6075 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6077 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6079 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6080 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6083 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6084 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6087 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6093 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6095 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6097 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6098 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6099 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6101 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6102 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6103 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6106 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6107 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6110 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6111 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6112 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6115 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6118 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6125 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6128 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6133 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6134 .debug_info section. */
6136 static unsigned long
6137 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6139 unsigned long size
= 0;
6142 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6143 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6145 switch (AT_class (a
))
6147 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6148 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6150 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6151 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6153 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6155 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6158 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6162 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6163 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6165 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6166 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6168 case dw_val_class_const
:
6169 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6171 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6172 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6174 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6175 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6177 case dw_val_class_float
:
6178 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6180 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6183 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6184 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6185 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6187 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6189 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6190 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6192 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6193 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6195 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6196 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6198 case dw_val_class_str
:
6199 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6200 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6202 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6212 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6213 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6214 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6215 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6218 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6222 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6223 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6225 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6228 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6229 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6230 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6233 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6234 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6235 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6236 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6239 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6247 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6251 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6254 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6262 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6266 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6269 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6278 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6279 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6281 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6282 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6283 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6286 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6287 compilation unit. */
6289 static unsigned long
6290 size_of_pubnames (void)
6295 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6296 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6298 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6299 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6302 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6306 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6308 static unsigned long
6309 size_of_aranges (void)
6313 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6315 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6316 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6317 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6319 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6320 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6324 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6326 static enum dwarf_form
6327 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6329 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6331 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6332 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6333 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6334 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6335 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6336 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6337 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6338 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6340 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6341 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6342 .debug_loc section */
6343 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6344 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6345 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6348 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6350 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6354 case dw_val_class_const
:
6355 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6356 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6357 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6360 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6362 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6364 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6366 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6370 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6371 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6372 case dw_val_class_float
:
6373 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6374 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6375 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6376 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6377 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6378 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6381 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6382 return DW_FORM_data
;
6383 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6384 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6385 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6386 return DW_FORM_data
;
6387 case dw_val_class_str
:
6388 return AT_string_form (a
);
6395 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6398 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6400 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6402 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6405 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6409 output_abbrev_section (void)
6411 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6415 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6417 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6420 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6421 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6423 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6424 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6426 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6428 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6429 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6431 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6432 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6433 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6437 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6440 /* Terminate the table. */
6441 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6444 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6447 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6449 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6454 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6455 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6456 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6458 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6460 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6463 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6464 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6465 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6467 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6468 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6469 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6471 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6473 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6475 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6476 retlist
->section
= section
;
6478 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6483 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6486 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6487 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6488 const char *section
)
6492 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6493 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6496 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6497 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6500 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6503 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6505 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6507 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6509 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6510 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6511 in more than one section. */
6512 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6514 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6515 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6516 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6517 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6518 "Location list base address specifier base");
6521 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6525 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6526 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6527 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6528 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6529 "Location list end address (%s)",
6530 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6531 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6533 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6536 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6538 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6541 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6542 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6543 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6544 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6545 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6546 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6549 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6550 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6553 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6559 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6560 them to point to. */
6561 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6562 output_die_symbol (die
);
6564 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6565 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6567 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6569 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6571 switch (AT_class (a
))
6573 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6574 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6577 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6578 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6582 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6584 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6586 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6587 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6588 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6594 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6595 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6597 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6598 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6600 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6603 case dw_val_class_const
:
6604 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6605 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6606 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6607 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6610 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6611 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6612 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6615 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6617 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6620 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6623 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6625 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6626 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6630 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6631 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6634 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6635 first
, "long long constant");
6636 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6641 case dw_val_class_float
:
6645 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6648 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6649 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6650 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6654 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6655 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6658 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6660 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6664 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6665 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6669 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6670 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6672 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6676 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6678 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6681 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6685 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6689 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6690 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6691 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6695 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6696 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6699 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6700 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6703 case dw_val_class_str
:
6704 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6705 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6706 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6707 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6709 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6717 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6720 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6721 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6726 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6727 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6730 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6732 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6733 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6734 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6735 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6736 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6737 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6738 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6739 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6740 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6744 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6747 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6749 const char *secname
;
6752 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6753 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6756 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6757 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6758 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6759 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6760 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6763 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6765 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6766 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6767 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6769 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6772 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6774 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6776 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6779 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6781 /* Output debugging information. */
6782 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6783 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6786 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6791 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6795 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6796 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6797 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6800 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6802 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6805 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6808 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6812 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6815 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6817 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6819 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6820 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6821 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6822 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6825 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6827 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6830 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6831 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6832 visible procedures. */
6835 output_pubnames (void)
6838 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6840 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6841 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6842 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6843 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6844 "Length of Public Names Info");
6845 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6846 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6847 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6848 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6849 "Compilation Unit Length");
6851 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6853 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6855 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6856 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6862 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6865 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6868 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6871 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6873 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6876 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6878 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6879 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6880 (arange_table_allocated
6881 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6882 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6883 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6886 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6889 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6890 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6891 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6894 output_aranges (void)
6897 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6899 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6901 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6903 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6904 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6905 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6906 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6908 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6910 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6911 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6913 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6916 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6917 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6918 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6921 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6922 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6923 text_section_label
, "Length");
6925 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6927 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6929 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6930 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6933 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6935 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6937 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6938 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6942 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6943 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6944 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6945 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6946 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6948 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6952 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6955 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6956 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6957 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6958 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6963 /* Output the terminator words. */
6964 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6968 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6972 add_ranges (tree block
)
6974 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
6976 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
6978 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6980 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
6981 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
6982 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
6983 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
6986 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
6987 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
6989 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6993 output_ranges (void)
6996 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
6997 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
6999 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7001 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7005 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7006 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7008 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7009 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7011 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7012 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7013 base of the text section. */
7014 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7016 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7018 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7019 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7020 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7023 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7024 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7025 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7026 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7029 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7030 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7031 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7038 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7039 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7045 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7048 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7049 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7050 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7051 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7052 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7055 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7059 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7060 int length
; /* Path length. */
7061 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7062 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7063 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7064 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7067 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7068 the directories in the path. */
7071 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7073 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7074 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7078 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7079 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7080 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7081 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7082 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7083 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7084 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7086 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7087 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7093 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7094 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7095 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7096 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7097 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7099 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7100 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7105 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7106 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7107 slowdowns with many input files. */
7110 output_file_names (void)
7112 struct file_info
*files
;
7113 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7122 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7123 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7125 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7130 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7131 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7132 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7134 /* Sort the file names. */
7135 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7139 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7140 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7141 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7144 /* Create a new array entry. */
7146 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7147 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7149 /* Search for the file name part. */
7150 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7151 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7154 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7155 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7157 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7158 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7159 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7160 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7162 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7164 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7167 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7168 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7169 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7170 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7172 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7173 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7174 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7180 /* This is a new directory. */
7181 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7182 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7183 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7184 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7185 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7186 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7188 /* Search for a prefix. */
7189 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7190 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7191 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7192 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7193 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7194 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7195 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7196 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7201 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7202 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7203 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7204 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7205 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7206 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7207 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7208 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7210 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7211 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7216 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7217 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7218 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7219 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7221 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7224 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7226 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7231 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7236 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7237 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7239 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7240 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7245 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7247 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7249 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7250 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7251 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7253 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7254 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7256 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7257 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7262 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7263 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7264 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7265 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7266 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7268 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7270 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7271 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7274 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7275 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7276 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7277 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7278 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7280 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7281 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7282 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7284 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7285 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7286 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7289 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7291 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7293 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7296 /* Now write all the file names. */
7297 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7299 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7300 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7302 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7303 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7305 /* Include directory index. */
7306 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7308 /* Modification time. */
7309 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7311 /* File length in bytes. */
7312 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7315 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7319 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7320 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7323 output_line_info (void)
7325 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7326 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7327 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7330 unsigned long lt_index
;
7331 unsigned long current_line
;
7334 unsigned long current_file
;
7335 unsigned long function
;
7337 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7338 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7342 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7343 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7344 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7345 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7346 "Length of Source Line Info");
7347 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7349 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7350 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7351 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7353 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7354 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7355 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7356 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7357 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7358 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7359 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7360 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7361 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7362 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7364 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7365 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7367 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7368 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7369 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7370 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7371 "Special Opcode Base");
7373 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7377 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7378 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7379 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7380 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7381 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7389 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7393 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7394 output_file_names ();
7395 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7397 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7398 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7399 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7401 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7402 a series of state machine operations. */
7405 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7406 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7408 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7411 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7412 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7415 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7416 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7417 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7418 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7419 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7423 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7425 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7426 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7427 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7428 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7429 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7430 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7432 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7435 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7436 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7437 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7438 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7442 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7443 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7445 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7446 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7447 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7450 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7452 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7453 different from the previous line. */
7454 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7456 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7459 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7463 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7464 that uses the least amount of space. */
7465 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7467 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7468 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7469 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7470 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7471 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7472 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7475 "line %lu", current_line
);
7478 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7479 depending on the value being encoded. */
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7481 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7482 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7483 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7487 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7491 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7495 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7496 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7500 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7501 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7502 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7506 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7507 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7513 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7515 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7516 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7519 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7520 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7521 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7522 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7526 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7527 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7528 to handle it differently. */
7529 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7531 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7533 function
= line_info
->function
;
7535 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7536 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7537 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7539 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7543 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7547 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7548 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7552 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7555 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7559 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7561 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7562 different from the previous line. */
7563 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7565 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7566 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7567 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7568 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7572 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7573 that uses the least amount of space. */
7574 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7576 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7577 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7578 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7579 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7580 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7581 "line %lu", current_line
);
7584 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7585 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7586 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7591 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7599 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7600 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7601 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7606 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7607 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7611 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7612 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7616 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7617 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7619 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7622 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7629 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7630 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7633 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7634 a DIE that describes the given type.
7636 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7637 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7640 base_type_die (tree type
)
7642 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7643 const char *type_name
;
7644 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7645 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7647 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7652 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7653 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7655 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7658 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7660 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7663 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7664 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7665 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7667 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7668 && (type
== char_type_node
7669 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7670 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7672 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7673 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7675 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7678 /* else fall through. */
7681 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7682 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7683 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7685 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7689 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7692 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7693 a user defined type for it. */
7695 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7696 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7698 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7702 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7703 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7707 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7711 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7712 if (demangle_name_func
)
7713 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7715 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7716 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7717 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7718 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7720 return base_type_result
;
7723 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7724 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7725 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7726 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7727 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7728 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7729 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7730 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7733 root_type (tree type
)
7735 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7736 return error_mark_node
;
7738 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7741 return error_mark_node
;
7744 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7745 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7748 return type_main_variant (type
);
7752 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7753 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7756 is_base_type (tree type
)
7758 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7773 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7778 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7792 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7793 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7794 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7795 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7798 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7799 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7801 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7802 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7803 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7805 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7806 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7808 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7811 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7812 emitted as a subrange type. */
7815 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
7817 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7819 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7820 && subtype
!= NULL_TREE
)
7822 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == INTEGER_TYPE
)
7824 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7830 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7831 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7834 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
7836 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7837 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7838 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7839 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
7841 if (context_die
== NULL
)
7842 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
7844 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7845 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
7847 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7849 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
7853 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7854 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7855 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7858 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
7860 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7861 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7862 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
7865 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7866 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7867 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7868 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7869 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7870 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7871 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7873 return subrange_die
;
7876 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7877 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7880 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7881 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7883 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7884 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7885 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7886 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7888 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7890 tree qualified_type
;
7892 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7895 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7896 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7898 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7900 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7903 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7905 return mod_type_die
;
7908 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7909 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7910 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7911 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7913 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7914 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7916 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7918 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7919 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7920 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7922 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7923 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7924 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7925 type to which it refers. */
7927 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7928 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7931 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7937 else if (is_const_type
)
7939 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7940 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7942 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7944 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7945 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7947 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7949 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7950 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7951 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7953 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7955 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7957 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7959 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7960 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7961 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7963 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7965 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7967 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
7968 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7969 else if (is_base_type (type
))
7970 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
7973 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
7975 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7976 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7977 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7978 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7979 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7981 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
7982 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
7984 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7985 not the main variant. */
7986 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
7987 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
7991 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7992 type
= qualified_type
;
7996 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
7998 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7999 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8000 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8001 types are possible in Ada. */
8002 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8003 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8004 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8007 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8008 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8010 return mod_type_die
;
8013 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8014 an enumerated type. */
8017 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8019 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8022 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8025 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8027 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8029 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8032 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8035 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8036 zero if there is none. */
8038 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8039 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8044 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8047 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8048 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8050 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8052 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8054 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8057 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8058 a given hard register number. */
8060 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8061 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8064 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8066 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8069 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8070 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8072 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8073 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8077 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8079 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8080 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8082 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8083 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8085 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8092 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8093 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8094 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8100 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8102 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8105 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8108 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8112 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8113 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8114 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8115 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8120 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8122 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8123 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8125 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8127 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8128 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8132 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8135 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8137 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8147 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8149 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8150 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8156 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8159 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8161 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8162 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8164 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8165 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8166 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8168 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8169 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8170 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8173 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8175 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8177 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8182 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8185 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8187 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8188 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8189 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8190 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8193 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8194 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8195 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8196 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8198 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8199 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8200 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8201 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8203 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8204 autoincrement addressing modes.
8206 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8208 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8209 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8211 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8213 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8214 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8215 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8216 zeroth element of the array. */
8218 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8220 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8225 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8226 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8228 /* ... fall through ... */
8231 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8232 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8233 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8234 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8235 contains the given subreg. */
8236 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8238 /* ... fall through ... */
8241 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8242 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8243 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8244 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8245 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8246 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8247 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8248 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8249 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8250 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8251 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8252 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8253 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8254 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8255 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8259 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8260 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8261 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8265 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8267 /* ... fall through ... */
8270 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8271 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8275 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8276 by a different symbol. */
8277 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8280 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8282 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8285 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8286 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8291 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8292 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8293 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8294 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8299 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8300 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8301 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8302 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8306 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8308 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8313 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8315 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8316 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8317 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8318 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8320 /* ... fall through ... */
8324 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8325 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8326 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8329 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8330 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8333 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8334 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8335 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8336 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8337 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8340 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8341 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8342 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8343 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8350 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8351 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8352 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8353 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8355 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8358 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8359 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8360 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8365 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8369 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8371 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8372 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8380 return mem_loc_result
;
8383 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8384 This is typically a complex variable. */
8386 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8387 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8389 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8390 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8391 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8393 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8396 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8397 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8398 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8399 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8401 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8402 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8403 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8404 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8406 return cc_loc_result
;
8409 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8410 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8411 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8412 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8413 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8415 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8417 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8418 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8420 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8422 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8425 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8426 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8427 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8428 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8429 contains the given subreg. */
8430 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8432 /* ... fall through ... */
8435 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8439 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8443 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8453 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8454 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8455 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8456 descriptor, return 0. */
8458 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8459 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8461 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8463 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8464 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8466 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8467 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8470 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8475 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8476 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8477 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8478 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8479 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8480 the names of types. */
8487 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8488 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8489 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8490 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8491 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8492 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8493 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8494 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8497 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8498 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8502 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8506 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8507 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8511 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8512 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8513 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8516 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8517 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8520 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8522 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8523 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8526 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8527 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8528 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8530 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8531 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8540 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8542 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8544 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8546 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8547 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8548 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8553 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8555 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8558 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8561 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8567 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8572 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8576 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8577 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8580 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8585 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8588 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8589 enum machine_mode mode
;
8592 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8593 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8598 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8600 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8603 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8605 /* Variable offset. */
8606 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8607 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8613 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8615 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8616 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8618 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8619 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8625 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8626 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8633 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8634 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8635 enum machine_mode mode
;
8637 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8639 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8640 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8642 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8645 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8649 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8650 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8655 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8661 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8666 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8668 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8669 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8677 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8679 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8680 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8693 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8697 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8698 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8700 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8704 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8705 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8706 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8716 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8723 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8730 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8737 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8752 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8753 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8754 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8757 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8758 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8761 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8775 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8779 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8783 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8784 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8785 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8786 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8788 /* ... fall through ... */
8792 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8793 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8794 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8795 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8796 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8798 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8799 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8802 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8803 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8805 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8806 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8807 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8809 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8810 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8811 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8813 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8814 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8815 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8816 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8817 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8822 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8823 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8824 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8825 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8828 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8829 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8833 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8834 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8837 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8838 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8840 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8842 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8844 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8847 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8849 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8855 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8856 which is not less than the value itself. */
8858 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8859 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8861 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8864 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8865 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8866 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8870 field_type (tree decl
)
8874 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8875 return integer_type_node
;
8877 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8878 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8879 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8884 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8885 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8886 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8888 static inline unsigned
8889 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8891 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8894 static inline unsigned
8895 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8897 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8900 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8901 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8902 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8903 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8904 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8907 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8908 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8910 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8911 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8912 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8913 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8915 tree field_size_tree
;
8916 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8917 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8918 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8920 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8922 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8925 type
= field_type (decl
);
8926 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8928 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8929 a flexible array member. */
8930 if (! field_size_tree
)
8931 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8933 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8934 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8935 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8936 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8939 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8941 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8942 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8943 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8945 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8947 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8948 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8949 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8951 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8952 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8953 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8954 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8955 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8956 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8957 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8958 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8960 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8962 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8963 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8964 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8965 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8966 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8967 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8968 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8969 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8970 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8971 bits of the bit-field itself.
8973 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8974 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8975 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8976 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8977 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8978 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8979 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8980 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8981 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8983 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8984 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8985 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8986 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8987 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8988 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8990 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8991 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8992 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
8994 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8995 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8996 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
8998 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8999 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9000 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9001 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9003 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9005 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9006 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9008 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9009 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9010 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9011 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9014 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9017 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9018 associated with them. */
9020 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9022 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9023 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9024 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9027 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9028 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9031 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9034 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9035 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9036 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9037 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9038 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9039 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9042 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9043 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9044 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9045 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9046 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9047 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9048 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9049 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9050 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9054 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9057 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9059 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9061 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9062 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9064 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9065 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9066 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9067 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9069 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9071 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9073 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9075 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9076 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9077 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9079 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9080 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9081 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9083 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9084 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9088 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9089 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9090 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9091 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9093 /* Extract the offset. */
9094 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9095 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9097 /* Add it to the object address. */
9098 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9099 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9102 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9105 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9109 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9111 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9112 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9113 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9115 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9116 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9117 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9121 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9124 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9127 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9130 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9131 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9132 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9133 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9134 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9137 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9139 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9143 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9146 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9148 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9153 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9154 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9155 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9156 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9158 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9160 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9162 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9163 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9166 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9167 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9169 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9173 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9174 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9177 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9178 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9184 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9190 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9191 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9195 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9196 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9197 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9198 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9199 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9200 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9201 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9202 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9203 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9204 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9205 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9209 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9216 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9220 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9221 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9222 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9224 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9225 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9226 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9227 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9228 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9229 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9230 referenced within the function.
9232 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9233 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9234 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9235 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9237 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9238 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9239 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9240 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9241 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9242 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9244 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9245 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9246 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9247 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9248 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9249 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9250 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9251 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9252 output at debug-time.
9254 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9255 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9256 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9257 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9258 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9259 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9260 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9261 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9262 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9263 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9264 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9265 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9266 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9268 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9269 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9270 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9271 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9272 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9273 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9274 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9275 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9278 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9279 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9280 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9281 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9282 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9283 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9284 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9285 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9286 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9287 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9288 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9289 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9290 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9293 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9294 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9296 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9297 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9299 if (! reload_completed
)
9302 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9303 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9304 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9305 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9306 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9307 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9309 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9314 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9316 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9318 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9319 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9321 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9322 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9323 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9324 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9325 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9326 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9327 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9328 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9329 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9330 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9333 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9334 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9335 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9336 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9337 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9338 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9340 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9341 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9342 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9343 /* Not passed in memory. */
9344 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9345 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9346 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9347 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9348 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9349 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9350 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9353 /* Big endian correction check. */
9355 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9356 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9359 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9360 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9362 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9363 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9367 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9369 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9370 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9371 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9372 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9376 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9377 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9378 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9379 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9381 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9382 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9383 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9384 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9386 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9387 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9388 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9389 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9390 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9392 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9394 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9395 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9396 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9397 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9398 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9399 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9400 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9402 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9403 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9404 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9405 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9406 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9408 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9409 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9410 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9411 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9417 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9419 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9420 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9421 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9423 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9428 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9429 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9430 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9431 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9432 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9433 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9434 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9435 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9436 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9437 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9440 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9443 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9445 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9447 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9450 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9451 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9454 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9457 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9458 don't emit anything. */
9468 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9469 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9473 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9475 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9476 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9477 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9478 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9479 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9486 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9488 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9493 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9494 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9495 enum machine_mode mode
;
9498 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9499 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9500 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9501 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9502 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9503 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9505 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9507 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9508 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9509 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9510 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9511 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9512 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9515 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9523 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9524 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9525 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9528 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9530 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9531 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9533 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9534 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9539 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9542 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9543 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9544 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9546 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9547 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9548 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9555 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9556 the value of the attribute. */
9559 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9561 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9563 if (demangle_name_func
)
9564 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9566 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9570 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9573 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9575 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9577 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9580 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9581 a representation for that bound. */
9584 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9586 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9591 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9593 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9594 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9595 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9596 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9597 /* use the default */
9600 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9605 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9606 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9607 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9611 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9612 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9613 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9614 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9615 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9616 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9617 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9618 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9619 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9620 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9621 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9622 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9623 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9624 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9625 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9626 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9627 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9628 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9630 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9631 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9632 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9633 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9634 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9636 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9637 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9638 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9640 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9641 it references an outer function's frame. */
9642 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9644 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9646 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9647 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9650 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9651 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9652 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9653 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9654 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9657 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9663 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9665 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9666 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9667 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9668 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9670 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9671 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9677 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9678 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9680 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9681 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9683 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9687 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9688 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9690 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9692 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9693 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9694 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9695 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9696 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9698 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9699 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9701 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9702 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9703 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9704 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9706 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9712 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9713 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9716 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9718 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9719 unsigned dimension_number
;
9722 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9724 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9725 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9726 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9727 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9728 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9729 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9730 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9731 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9733 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9734 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9735 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9736 gen_array_type_die. */
9737 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9738 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9739 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9740 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9743 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9745 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9746 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9748 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9751 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9752 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9753 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9755 /* Define the index type. */
9756 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9758 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9759 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9760 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9761 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9762 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9763 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9764 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9767 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9771 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9772 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9774 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9775 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9776 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9778 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9780 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9783 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9784 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9790 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9794 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9802 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9803 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9806 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9807 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9808 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9809 even for bit-fields. */
9810 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9816 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9817 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9818 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9819 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9820 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9823 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9824 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9825 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9828 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9829 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9830 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9831 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9832 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9833 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9835 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9836 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9837 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9840 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9842 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9843 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9844 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9845 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9846 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9847 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9849 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9851 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9854 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9855 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9856 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9857 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9858 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9861 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9863 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9864 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9865 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9866 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9867 below must take account of these differences. */
9868 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9869 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9871 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9873 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9874 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9878 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9879 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9880 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9882 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9885 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9886 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9889 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9891 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9892 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9893 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9896 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9897 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9900 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9901 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9904 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9906 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9907 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9908 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9911 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9912 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9916 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9918 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9920 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9922 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9923 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9924 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9926 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9927 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9931 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9933 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9935 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9938 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9939 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9940 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9941 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9943 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9946 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9949 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9952 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9954 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9956 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9958 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9959 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9960 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9961 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9964 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9965 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9966 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
9967 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
9971 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9974 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9976 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
9978 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
9979 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
9982 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9983 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9986 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9990 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
9991 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
9993 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
9994 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
9995 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
9997 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
9998 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
9999 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10000 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10001 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10002 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10005 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10006 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10007 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10008 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10010 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10011 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10012 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10017 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10020 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10022 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10025 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10028 pop_decl_scope (void)
10030 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10033 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10036 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10037 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10038 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10039 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10040 the current active scope. */
10043 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10045 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10046 tree containing_scope
;
10049 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10053 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10055 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10056 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10058 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10061 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10064 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10065 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10066 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10067 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10068 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10070 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10071 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10072 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10074 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10075 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10076 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10077 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10078 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10083 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10084 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10087 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10088 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10091 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10094 scope_die
= context_die
;
10099 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10102 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10104 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10105 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10106 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10112 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10113 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10116 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10118 return (context_die
10119 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10120 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10121 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10124 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10125 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10126 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10129 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10130 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10132 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10133 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10135 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10136 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10137 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10138 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10139 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10140 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10141 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10143 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10144 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10145 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10146 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10147 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10150 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10151 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10152 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10155 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10156 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10159 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10160 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10161 was declared without a tag. */
10163 static const char *
10164 type_tag (tree type
)
10166 const char *name
= 0;
10168 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10172 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10173 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10174 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10176 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10177 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10179 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10180 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10181 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10183 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10185 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10188 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10191 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10192 for bit field types. */
10195 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10197 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10198 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10201 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10202 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10205 static const char *
10206 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10209 const char *fnname
;
10211 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10212 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10216 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10219 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10224 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10225 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10226 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10229 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10231 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10232 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10235 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10236 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10237 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10238 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10239 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10242 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10243 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10244 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10246 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10248 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10249 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10250 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10251 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10255 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10256 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10257 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10258 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10259 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10260 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10261 for multidimensional arrays. */
10262 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10265 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10266 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10267 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10268 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10269 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10272 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10274 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10275 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10277 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10278 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10279 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10280 add_subscript_info. */
10281 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10282 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10283 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10285 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10288 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10292 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10294 dw_die_ref type_die
10295 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10297 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10298 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10303 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10305 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10306 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10308 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10309 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10312 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10313 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10314 0, 0, context_die
);
10317 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10318 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10320 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10324 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10325 emit full debugging info for them. */
10328 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10332 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10333 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10336 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10339 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10341 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10343 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10344 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10345 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10348 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10351 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10353 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10355 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10356 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10357 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10360 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10363 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10365 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10367 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10368 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10369 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10372 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10373 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10374 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10378 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10380 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10382 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10384 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10385 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10386 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10387 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10389 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10392 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10394 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10395 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10396 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10397 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10401 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10402 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10403 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10404 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10406 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10407 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10408 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10409 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10411 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10412 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10414 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10416 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10417 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10419 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10420 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10422 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10423 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10424 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10426 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10427 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10432 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10437 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10438 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10441 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10442 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10443 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10444 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10445 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10446 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10447 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10448 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10451 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10453 dw_die_ref parm_die
10454 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10457 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10460 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10461 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10462 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10465 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10466 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10467 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10468 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10470 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10471 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10474 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10475 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10476 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10481 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10482 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10492 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10493 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10496 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10498 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10501 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10502 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10503 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10504 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10507 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10510 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10511 tree first_parm_type
;
10514 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10516 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10517 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10522 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10524 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10525 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10526 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10528 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10530 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10531 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10534 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10535 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10536 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10537 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10538 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10539 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10541 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10543 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10546 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10547 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10548 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10549 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10551 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10552 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10553 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10554 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10555 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10556 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10559 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10560 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10561 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10562 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10563 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10566 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10568 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10570 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10571 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10572 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10573 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10575 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10578 push_decl_scope (type
);
10579 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10580 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10582 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10588 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10589 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10592 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10594 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10597 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10599 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10600 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10602 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10603 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10604 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10607 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10608 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10609 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10611 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10613 gen_type_die_for_member
10614 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10617 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10618 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10619 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10621 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10622 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10623 if (! was_abstract
)
10624 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10626 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10629 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10633 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10635 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10636 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10637 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10641 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10642 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10643 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10645 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10646 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10647 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10648 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10649 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10651 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10652 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
10659 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10661 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10664 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10665 inline function. */
10666 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10667 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10669 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10670 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10674 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10676 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10677 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10678 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10679 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10680 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10682 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10683 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10684 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10685 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10686 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10692 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10693 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10694 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10695 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10696 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10697 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10698 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10699 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10700 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10701 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10702 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10703 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10705 subr_die
= old_die
;
10707 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10708 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10709 remove_children (subr_die
);
10713 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10714 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
10715 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10716 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10717 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10718 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10720 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10725 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10727 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10728 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10730 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10731 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10733 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10734 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10735 0, 0, context_die
);
10738 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10739 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10740 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10742 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10743 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10744 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10745 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10750 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10752 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10754 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10755 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10756 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10757 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10758 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10759 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10762 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10764 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10766 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10767 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10769 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10773 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10774 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10776 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10779 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10781 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10783 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10784 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10786 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10787 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10788 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10789 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10790 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10791 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10793 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10794 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10796 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10797 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10798 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10801 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10802 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10803 variables is relative to one of them. */
10805 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10806 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10809 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10810 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10811 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10812 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10813 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10817 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10818 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10819 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10820 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10821 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10822 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10823 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10824 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10825 an ellipsis at the end. */
10827 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10828 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10829 its formal parameters. */
10830 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10832 else if (declaration
)
10833 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10836 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10837 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10840 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10841 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10842 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10843 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10845 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10846 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10847 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10848 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10850 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10853 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10854 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10855 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10856 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10857 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10858 parameters at all. */
10859 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10860 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10862 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10863 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10864 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10866 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10867 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10870 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10871 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10872 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10874 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10875 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10876 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10877 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10878 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10879 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10880 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10882 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10883 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10884 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10885 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10886 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10887 constructor function. */
10888 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10890 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10891 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10893 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10894 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10896 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10897 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10899 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10900 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10907 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10910 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10912 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10913 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10915 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10916 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10917 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10919 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10920 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10922 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10923 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10925 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10926 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10929 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10930 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10931 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10933 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10934 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
10935 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10937 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10939 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10940 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10942 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10943 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10945 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10946 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10951 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10952 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10953 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10955 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10956 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10958 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10959 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10961 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10962 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10963 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10964 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10968 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10970 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10971 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
10973 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10975 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10976 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
10979 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
10982 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10985 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10987 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10988 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
10990 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10992 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10993 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
10995 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
10997 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10998 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11001 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11003 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11004 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11005 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11007 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11008 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11009 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11011 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11012 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11013 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11014 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11015 it if it ever does happen. */
11016 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11020 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11025 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11028 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11030 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11031 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11033 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11035 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11039 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11041 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11044 add_ranges (chain
);
11045 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11052 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11053 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11054 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11055 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11056 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11057 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11061 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11064 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11067 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11069 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11071 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11072 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11073 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11074 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11075 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11077 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11079 dw_die_ref subr_die
11080 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11081 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11083 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11084 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11085 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11086 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11087 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11088 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11089 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11090 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11091 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11094 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11095 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11096 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11097 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11098 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11099 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11100 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11101 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11102 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11103 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11104 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11106 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11109 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11112 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11114 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11116 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11119 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11120 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11121 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11122 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11125 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11127 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11128 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11129 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11132 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11133 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11135 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11136 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11138 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11139 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11140 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11141 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11145 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11146 Use modified_type_die instead.
11147 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11148 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11151 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11154 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11156 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11157 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11158 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11161 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11162 Use modified_type_die instead.
11163 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11164 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11167 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11170 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11172 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11173 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11174 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11178 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11181 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11184 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11185 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11187 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11188 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11189 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11190 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11193 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11196 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11199 char producer
[250];
11200 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11203 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11207 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11208 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11209 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11210 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11213 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11215 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11216 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11217 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11218 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11219 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11220 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11221 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11222 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11223 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11226 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11228 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11229 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11230 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11231 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11232 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11233 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11234 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11235 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11236 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11237 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11239 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11241 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11245 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11248 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11250 dw_die_ref type_die
11251 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11253 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11255 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11256 TODO: add string length info. */
11258 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11259 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11263 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11266 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11268 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11270 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11271 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11273 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11274 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11276 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11277 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11278 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11279 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11282 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11285 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11288 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11291 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11292 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11293 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11294 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11295 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11296 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11297 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11298 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11299 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11300 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11301 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11303 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11304 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11306 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11307 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11308 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11311 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11312 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11313 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11314 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11317 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11318 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11320 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11321 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11322 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11323 do put them in the right order. */
11325 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11327 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11329 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11332 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11333 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11335 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11336 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11339 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11341 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11343 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11347 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11348 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11349 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11352 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11354 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11355 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11357 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11358 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11359 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11360 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11362 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11365 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11366 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11367 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11370 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11372 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11373 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11375 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11377 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11378 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11380 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11382 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11384 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11387 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11389 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11390 then give a list of members. */
11391 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11393 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11394 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11395 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11396 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11397 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11398 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11400 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11401 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11402 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11403 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11405 push_decl_scope (type
);
11406 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11409 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11410 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11412 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11414 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11415 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11416 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11421 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11423 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11424 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11425 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11426 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11430 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11433 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11435 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11436 dw_die_ref subr_die
11437 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11438 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11440 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11441 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11442 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11443 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11446 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11449 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11451 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11454 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11457 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11458 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11459 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11460 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11461 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11466 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11467 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11469 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11471 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11474 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11477 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11479 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11480 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11483 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11484 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11487 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11490 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11494 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11497 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11498 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11500 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11503 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11504 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11507 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11508 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11512 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11513 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11514 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11515 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11516 cloned type itself). */
11517 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11518 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11520 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11523 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11529 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11530 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11531 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11532 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11533 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11535 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11537 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11538 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11539 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11543 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11544 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11545 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11547 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11548 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11550 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11552 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11556 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11557 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11561 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11562 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11565 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11566 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11567 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11568 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11572 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11573 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11574 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11578 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11580 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11581 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11584 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11588 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11591 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11594 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11595 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11596 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11597 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11598 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11599 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11600 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11601 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11602 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11603 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11605 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11607 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11610 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11611 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11612 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11617 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
11621 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11622 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11624 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11629 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11630 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11631 when appropriate. */
11640 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11644 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11651 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11654 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11657 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11659 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11662 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11663 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11664 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11666 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11669 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11670 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11672 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11677 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11678 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11682 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11686 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11687 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11695 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11696 things which are local to the given block. */
11699 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11701 int must_output_die
= 0;
11704 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11706 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11707 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11708 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11711 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11712 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11713 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11714 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11718 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11719 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11724 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11725 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11726 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11727 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11728 the current block. */
11729 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11730 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11732 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11734 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11735 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11736 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11737 must_output_die
= 1;
11740 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11741 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11742 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11743 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11744 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11745 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11746 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11747 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11749 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11750 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11751 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11752 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11753 as being a "significant" one. */
11754 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11756 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11757 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11758 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11759 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11760 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11761 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11763 must_output_die
= 1;
11769 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11770 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11771 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11772 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11773 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11774 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11775 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11776 if (must_output_die
)
11778 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11779 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11781 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11784 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11787 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11788 all of its sub-blocks. */
11791 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11796 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11797 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11800 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11801 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11802 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11803 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11804 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11808 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11809 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11810 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11811 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11815 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11816 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11818 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11821 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11822 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11825 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11826 therein) of this block. */
11827 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11829 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11830 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11833 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11836 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11838 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11841 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11842 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11843 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11844 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11845 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11846 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11852 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
11854 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
11855 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
11856 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
11859 force_namespace_die (tree ns
)
11863 dwarf2out_decl (ns
);
11864 ns_die
= lookup_decl_die (ns
);
11871 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11872 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11875 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11877 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
11878 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11879 /* Force out the namespace. */
11880 context_die
= force_namespace_die (context
);
11882 return context_die
;
11885 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
11886 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
11888 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
11889 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
11892 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11894 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
11896 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11899 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
11901 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
11903 if (DECL_P (thing
))
11904 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11906 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
11910 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
11913 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
11915 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
11917 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
11918 they are an alias of. */
11919 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
11921 /* Output a real namespace. */
11922 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11923 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
11924 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11925 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11929 /* Output a namespace alias. */
11931 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
11932 dw_die_ref origin_die
11933 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11935 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
11936 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11937 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
11938 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
11939 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
11940 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
11944 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11947 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11951 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
11954 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11960 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11961 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11964 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11965 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11966 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11967 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
11968 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
11971 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11972 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
11973 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
11975 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11976 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11977 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
11978 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11979 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11980 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11981 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11982 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11983 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11985 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11986 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
11989 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11990 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11992 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
11993 have described its return type. */
11994 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
11996 /* And its virtual context. */
11997 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
11998 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12000 /* And its containing type. */
12001 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12002 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12003 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12005 /* And its containing namespace. */
12006 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12009 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12010 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12014 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12015 actual typedefs. */
12016 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12019 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12020 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12021 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12022 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12023 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12024 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12025 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12027 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12031 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12032 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12034 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12035 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12039 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12040 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12044 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12045 variable declarations or definitions. */
12046 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12049 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12051 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12053 /* And its containing type. */
12054 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12055 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12056 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12058 /* And its containing namespace. */
12059 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12061 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12062 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12063 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12065 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12066 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12067 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12069 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12073 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12074 anonymous unions. */
12075 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12076 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12078 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12079 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12084 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12085 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12088 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12089 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12093 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12094 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12100 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12103 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12105 unsigned int file_index
;
12107 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12109 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12110 tree context_list_decl
12111 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12114 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12115 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12116 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12117 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12118 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12122 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12123 compilation proper has finished. */
12126 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12128 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12129 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12130 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12131 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12132 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12133 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12136 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12139 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12141 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12143 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12148 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12149 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12150 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12151 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12152 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12155 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12156 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12157 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12158 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12159 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12160 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12161 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12162 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12163 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12164 with the definition of the function.
12166 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12167 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12168 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12169 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12170 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12171 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12172 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12173 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12174 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12175 that they *are* definitions).
12177 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12178 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12179 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12180 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12181 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12182 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12185 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12186 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12187 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12188 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12189 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12190 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12191 context_die
= NULL
;
12195 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12196 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12197 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12198 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12199 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12200 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12201 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12202 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12203 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12206 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12207 variable declarations or definitions. */
12208 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12212 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12213 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12215 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12220 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12221 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12224 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12225 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12226 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12228 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12229 comparisons have. */
12230 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12231 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12232 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12233 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12234 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12239 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12240 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12243 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12244 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12245 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12246 context_die
= NULL
;
12254 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12257 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12258 a lexical block. */
12261 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12262 unsigned int blocknum
)
12264 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12265 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12268 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12272 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12274 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12275 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12278 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12279 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12281 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12282 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12283 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12286 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12290 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12291 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12292 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12298 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12299 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12300 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12301 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12302 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12303 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12304 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12305 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12306 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12310 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12313 char *save_file_name
;
12315 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12316 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12317 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12320 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12321 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12322 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12325 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12326 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12327 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12328 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12330 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12334 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12335 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12336 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12337 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12338 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12344 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12346 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12348 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12350 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12351 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12352 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12353 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12354 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12355 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12357 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12364 init_file_table (void)
12366 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12367 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12368 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12370 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12371 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12372 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12373 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12376 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12377 and record information relating to this source line, in
12378 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12381 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12383 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12386 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12388 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12389 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12390 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12393 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12395 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12397 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12399 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12400 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12402 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12403 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12405 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12406 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12407 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12409 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12411 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12412 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12413 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12415 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12416 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12417 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12419 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12420 separate_line_info_table
12421 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12422 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12423 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12424 memset (separate_line_info_table
12425 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12427 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12428 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12431 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12433 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12434 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12435 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12436 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12440 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12442 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12443 line_info_table_in_use
);
12445 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12446 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12448 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12450 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12451 (line_info_table_allocated
12452 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12453 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12454 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12457 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12458 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12459 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12460 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12465 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12468 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12470 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12472 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12473 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12475 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12476 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12479 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12481 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12482 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12483 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12485 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12486 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12487 "Filename we just started");
12491 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12494 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12496 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12497 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12498 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12500 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12502 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12503 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12507 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12508 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12509 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12512 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12513 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12515 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12517 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12518 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12519 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12520 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12524 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12525 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12526 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12529 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12530 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12532 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12534 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12536 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12537 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12541 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12544 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12546 init_file_table ();
12548 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12549 decl_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12550 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12551 decl_die_table_allocated
= DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12552 decl_die_table_in_use
= 0;
12554 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12555 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12557 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12558 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12559 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12560 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12561 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12562 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12564 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12565 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12566 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12567 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12569 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12570 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12572 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12573 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12574 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12575 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12576 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12577 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12578 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12580 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12582 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12584 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12585 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12586 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12587 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12588 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12590 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12593 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12594 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12595 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12597 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12598 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12599 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12600 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12601 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12602 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12603 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12605 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12607 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12609 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12613 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12616 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12620 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12621 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12624 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12626 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12628 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12630 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12631 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12632 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12640 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12641 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12644 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12648 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12649 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12653 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12654 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12657 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12661 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12663 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12665 /* A reference to another DIE.
12666 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12667 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12669 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12671 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12672 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12673 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12679 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12680 to DIE's children. */
12683 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12687 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12689 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12692 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12693 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12694 if (die
->die_parent
)
12695 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12697 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12698 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12700 /* If this node is a specification,
12701 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12702 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
12703 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
12706 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12708 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12709 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12713 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12715 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12716 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12717 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12718 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12720 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12726 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12729 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12733 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12737 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12738 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12739 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12740 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12741 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12742 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12743 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12744 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12745 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12746 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12747 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12748 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12749 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12750 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12751 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12752 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12753 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12754 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12755 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12756 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12757 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12761 /* Mark everything else. */
12767 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12768 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12770 /* Mark children. */
12771 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12772 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12776 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12779 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12781 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12782 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12786 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12791 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12799 die
->die_child
= n
;
12806 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12809 prune_unused_types (void)
12812 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12814 /* Clear all the marks. */
12815 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12816 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12817 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12819 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12820 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12821 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12822 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12824 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12825 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12826 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12827 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12828 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12829 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12831 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12832 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12833 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12834 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12836 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12837 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12838 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12839 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12842 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12843 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12846 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
12848 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
12849 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
12851 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12852 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12853 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
12854 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
12855 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12856 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
12859 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
12860 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12861 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12862 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
12864 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
12869 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12870 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12871 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12872 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12874 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
12876 next_node
= node
->next
;
12879 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12881 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
12885 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
12886 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
12888 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12889 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12890 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12891 else if (node
->created_for
12892 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
12893 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
12895 (node
->created_for
)))))
12896 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12897 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
12898 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12899 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
12900 else if (node
->created_for
12901 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
12902 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
12903 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
12904 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
12905 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12907 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12908 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12909 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12910 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12911 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12912 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
12915 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
12922 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
12924 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12925 emit full debugging info for them. */
12926 retry_incomplete_types ();
12928 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12929 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12930 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12932 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
12933 prune_unused_types ();
12935 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12936 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12937 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12938 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
12940 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12941 that have children. */
12942 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
12943 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12944 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
12946 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12948 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12950 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12951 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12952 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12953 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12954 examining the file. */
12955 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12957 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12958 output_line_info ();
12961 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12962 if (have_location_lists
)
12964 /* Output the location lists info. */
12965 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12966 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
12967 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
12969 output_location_lists (die
);
12970 have_location_lists
= 0;
12973 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12975 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
12977 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
12978 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
12981 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12982 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12983 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
12984 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
12986 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12987 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
12988 debug_line_section_label
);
12990 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12991 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
12993 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
12994 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
12995 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12996 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
12998 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13000 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13001 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13002 output_abbrev_section ();
13004 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13005 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13007 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13008 output_pubnames ();
13011 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13012 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13013 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13015 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13019 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13020 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13022 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13023 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13027 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13028 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13030 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13031 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13035 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13037 if (debug_str_hash
)
13038 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13042 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13043 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13045 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13047 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"